blob: b5dffdced6d2415add6a96af78dbcc9c4f978c5e [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000021#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000022#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000024#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
25#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000030using namespace clang;
31
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000032
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000033/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
34/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
35///
36/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
37/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
38/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
39/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
40/// function is being used.
41///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000042/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
43/// decls.
44///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
46/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000047///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000048bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000049 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000050 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000051 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000052 }
53
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000054 // See if the decl is unavailable
55 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
56 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
57 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
58 }
59
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000060 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000061 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
63 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
64 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
65 return true;
66 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000067 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000068
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000069 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070}
71
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000072/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000073/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
75///
76void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000077 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000078 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000080 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000081 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
82 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000083
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000084 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
85 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000086 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000087 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
88 int isMethod = 0;
89 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
90 // skip over named parameters.
91 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
92 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
93 if (nullPos)
94 --nullPos;
95 else
96 ++i;
97 }
98 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
99 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000100 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000101 // skip over named parameters.
102 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
103 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
104 if (nullPos)
105 --nullPos;
106 else
107 ++i;
108 }
109 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000110 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000111 // block or function pointer call.
112 QualType Ty = V->getType();
113 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000114 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000115 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
116 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000117 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
118 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
119 unsigned k;
120 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
121 if (nullPos)
122 --nullPos;
123 else
124 ++i;
125 }
126 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
127 }
128 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
129 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000133 return;
134
135 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000136 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000137 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 return;
139 }
140 int sentinel = i;
141 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
142 --sentinelPos;
143 ++i;
144 }
145 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
146 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000147 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000148 return;
149 }
150 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
151 ++i;
152 ++sentinel;
153 }
154 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000155 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
156 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
157 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
158 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000159 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000160 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000161 }
162 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000163}
164
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000165SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
166 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
167 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
168}
169
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000170//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
171// Standard Promotions and Conversions
172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
173
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000174/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
175void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
176 QualType Ty = E->getType();
177 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
178
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000179 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000180 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000181 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000182 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
183 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
184 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
185 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
186 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
187 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
188 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000189 //
190 // C++ 4.2p1:
191 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
192 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
193 //
194 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
195 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000196 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
197 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000198 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000199}
200
201/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000202/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000203/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
204/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
205/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
206Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
207 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
208 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000209
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000210 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
211 //
212 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
213 // unsigned int may be used:
214 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
215 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
216 // and unsigned int.
217 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
218 //
219 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
220 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
221 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
222 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000223 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
224 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000225 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000226 return Expr;
227 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000228 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000229 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000230 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000231 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000232 }
233
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000234 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000235 return Expr;
236}
237
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000238/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000239/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000240/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
241void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
242 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
243 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000244
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000245 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000246 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000247 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000248 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
249 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000250
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000251 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
252}
253
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000254/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
255/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
256/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
257/// completely illegal.
258bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000259 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000260
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000261 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
262 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
263 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
264 << Expr->getType() << CT;
265 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000266 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000267
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000268 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
269 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
270 << Expr->getType() << CT;
271
272 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000273}
274
275
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
277/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000278/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
280/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
281/// GCC.
282QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
283 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000284 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000285 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000286
287 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000288
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000289 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000291 QualType lhs =
292 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000293 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000294 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000295
296 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
297 if (lhs == rhs)
298 return lhs;
299
300 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
301 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
302 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
303 return lhs;
304
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000305 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000306 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000307 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
308 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000309 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000310 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
311 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
312
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000313 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000314 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000315 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
316 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000317 return destType;
318}
319
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000320//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
321// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
322//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
323
324
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000325/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000326/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
327/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
328/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
329/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000330///
331Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000332Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000333 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
334
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000335 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000336 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000337 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000338
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000339 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000340 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
341 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000342
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000343 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000344 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000345 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000346
347 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
348 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
349 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000350
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000351 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
352 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
353 // strings.
354 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000355 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000356 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000357
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000358 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000359 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000360 Literal.GetStringLength(),
361 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
362 &StringTokLocs[0],
363 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000364}
365
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000366/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
367/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
368/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
369/// for values inside the block or for globals).
370///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000371/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
372/// up-to-date.
373///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000374static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
375 ValueDecl *VD) {
376 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
377 // we wanted to.
378 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
379 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000380
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000381 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
382 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
383 return false;
384
385 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
386 // snapshot it.
387 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
388 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000389 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
390 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000391
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000392 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
393 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
394
395 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
396 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
397 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
398 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
399 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
400 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
401 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
402 // having a reference outside it.
403 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000406 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
407 // a snapshot as well.
408 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
409 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000410
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000411 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000412}
413
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000414
415
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000416/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000417Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000418Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000419 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000420 assert(!isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D));
421
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000422 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
423 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000425 << D->getDeclName();
426 return ExprError();
427 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000429 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
430 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
432 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000433 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000434 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000435 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000436 << D->getIdentifier();
437 return ExprError();
438 }
439 }
440 }
441 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000442
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000443 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000444
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
446 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
447 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000448 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000449}
450
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000451/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
452/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
453/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000454static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
455 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000457 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000458
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000459 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
460 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
461 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000462 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000463 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000464 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000465 D != DEnd; ++D) {
466 if (*D == Record) {
467 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
468 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
469 ++D;
470 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000471 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000472 return *D;
473 }
474 }
475
476 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
477 return 0;
478}
479
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000480/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
481/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
482/// actual member.
483///
484/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
485/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
486/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
487/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
488/// we found.
489///
490/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
491/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
492/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
493VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
494 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000495 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
496 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
497 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
498
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000499 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
501 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
502 do {
503 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000504 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000505 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000506 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000507 else {
508 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
509 break;
510 }
511 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000512 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000513 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000514
515 return BaseObject;
516}
517
518Sema::OwningExprResult
519Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
520 FieldDecl *Field,
521 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
522 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
523 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000524 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000525 AnonFields);
526
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
528 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
529 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
530 // found via name lookup.
531 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000532 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000533 if (BaseObject) {
534 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
535 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000536 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000537 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000538 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000539 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000540 BaseQuals
541 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000542 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
543 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
544 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
545 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
546 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000547 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000548 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
549 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
550 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000551 BaseQuals
552 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000553 } else {
554 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
555 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
556 // program our base object expression is "this".
557 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
558 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000559 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 = Context.getTagDeclType(
561 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
562 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000563 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000564 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
565 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
566 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000567 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000568 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000569 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
570 }
571 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000572 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
573 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000574 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000575 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000576 }
577
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000578 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000579 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
580 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000581 }
582
583 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
584 // anonymous struct/union.
585 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000586 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
588 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
589 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
590 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000591 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
592 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
593
594 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
595 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
596 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
597 ResultQuals.removeConst();
598
599 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
600 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
601
602 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
603 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
604
605 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
606 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
607 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
608
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000609 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000610 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000611 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
612 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000613 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000614 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000615 }
616
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000617 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000618}
619
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000620Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
621 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
622 UnqualifiedId &Name,
623 bool HasTrailingLParen,
624 bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000625 assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
626 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
627
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000628 if (Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
629 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
630 Name.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000631 Name.TemplateId->NumArgs);
632 return ActOnTemplateIdExpr(SS,
633 TemplateTy::make(Name.TemplateId->Template),
634 Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
635 Name.TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
636 TemplateArgsPtr,
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000637 Name.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
638 }
639
640 // FIXME: We lose a bunch of source information by doing this. Later,
641 // we'll want to merge ActOnDeclarationNameExpr's logic into
642 // ActOnIdExpression.
643 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S,
644 Name.StartLocation,
645 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name),
646 HasTrailingLParen,
647 &SS,
648 IsAddressOfOperand);
649}
650
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000651/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
652/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
653/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
654/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
655/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000656/// this routine is called by ActOnIdExpression, which contains a
657/// parsed UnqualifiedId.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000658///
659/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
660/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
661/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
662/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000663///
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000664/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
665/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
666/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
667/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000668Sema::OwningExprResult
669Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
670 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000671 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000672 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000673 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000674 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
675 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000676
Douglas Gregor601f4f02009-11-23 12:39:54 +0000677 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization.
678 if (SS && SS->isSet() && !computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +0000679 return Owned(new (Context) DependentScopeDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000680 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson03f89b12009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000681 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
682 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000683 }
684
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000685 LookupResult Lookup(*this, Name, Loc, LookupOrdinaryName);
686 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, true);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000687
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000688 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000689 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000690
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000691 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
692 // well.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000693 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
694 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000695 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
696 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000697 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
698 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000699 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000700
701 // FIXME: we should change lookup to do this.
702
703 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
704 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
705 // ivar, that's an error.
706 bool IsClassMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
707
708 bool LookForIvars;
709 if (Lookup.empty())
710 LookForIvars = true;
711 else if (IsClassMethod)
712 LookForIvars = false;
713 else
714 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
715 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
716
717 if (LookForIvars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis853fbea2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000718 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000719 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000720 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000721 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
722 if (IsClassMethod)
723 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
724 << IV->getDeclName());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000725
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000726 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
727 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
728 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
729 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000730
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000731 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
732 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
733 return ExprError();
734
735 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
736 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
737 ClassDeclared != IFace)
738 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
739
740 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
741 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
742 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
743 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
744 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
745 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
746 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
747 SelfName, false, false);
748 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
749 return Owned(new (Context)
750 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
751 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000752 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000753 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000754 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
755 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000756 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000757 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000758 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
759 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000760 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000761 }
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000762 }
Steve Naroff0d7c6db2008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000763 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000764 if (Lookup.empty() && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000765 QualType T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000766
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000767 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000768 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
769 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000770 else
771 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000772 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000773 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000774 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000775
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000776 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
777 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000778 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Lookup, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000779
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000780 if (Lookup.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000781 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
Chris Lattner9561a0b2007-01-28 08:20:04 +0000782 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000783 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000784 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { // Not in C++.
785 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
786 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
787 } else {
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000788 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
789 // diagnose the problem.
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000790 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
791 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member)
792 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false)
793 << SS->getRange());
794 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000795 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000796 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
797 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000798 else
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000799 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000800 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000801 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000802
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000803 if (VarDecl *Var = Lookup.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000804 // Warn about constructs like:
805 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
806 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000807
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000808 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
809 // information to check this property.
810 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
811 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000812 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000813 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000814 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000815 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
816 << Var->getDeclName()
817 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
818 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000819 break;
820 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000821
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +0000822 // Move to the parent of this scope.
823 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000824 }
825 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000826 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = Lookup.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000827 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
828 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
829 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
830 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
831 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
832 // type.
833 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
834 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000835
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000836 QualType T = Func->getType();
837 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000838 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000839 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000840 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000841 }
842 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000843
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000844 // &SomeClass::foo is an abstract member reference, regardless of
845 // the nature of foo, but &SomeClass::foo(...) is not. If this is
846 // *not* an abstract member reference, and any of the results is a
847 // class member (which necessarily means they're all class members),
848 // then we make an implicit member reference instead.
849 //
850 // This check considers all the same information as the "needs ADL"
851 // check, but there's no simple logical relationship other than the
852 // fact that they can never be simultaneously true. We could
853 // calculate them both in one pass if that proves important for
854 // performance.
855 if (!ADL) {
856 bool isAbstractMemberPointer =
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000857 (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty());
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000858
859 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer && !Lookup.empty() &&
860 isa<CXXRecordDecl>((*Lookup.begin())->getDeclContext())) {
861 return BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(SS, Lookup);
862 }
863 }
864
865 assert(Lookup.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue &&
866 "found UnresolvedUsingValueDecl in non-class scope");
867
868 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Lookup, ADL);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000869}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000870
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000871/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000872bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000873Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
874 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000875 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000876 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000877 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000878 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000879 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
880 return false;
881 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
882 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000883 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000884 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
885 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000886 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000887 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
888 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
889 DestRecordType,
890 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
891 From->getSourceRange()))
892 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000893 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
894 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000895 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000896 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000897}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000898
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000899/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000900static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
901 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000902 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
903 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000904 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000905 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000906 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000907 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +0000908 0, Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000909
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000910 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
911}
912
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000913/// Builds an implicit member access expression from the given
914/// unqualified lookup set, which is known to contain only class
915/// members.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000916Sema::OwningExprResult
917Sema::BuildImplicitMemberReferenceExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
918 LookupResult &R) {
919 NamedDecl *D = R.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000920 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000921
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000922 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
923 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000924 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000925 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
926 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000927 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000928
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000929 QualType ThisType;
930 QualType MemberType;
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000931 if (isImplicitMemberReference(SS, D, Loc, ThisType, MemberType)) {
932 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisType);
933 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
934 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
935 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000936
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000937 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
938 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
939 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
940 // explicitly qualified.
941 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
942 ShouldCheckUse = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000943 }
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +0000944
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000945 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
946 return ExprError();
947 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D, Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000948 }
949
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000950 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000951 if (!Method->isStatic())
952 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object));
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000953 }
954
955 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000956 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000957 if (MD->isStatic()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000958 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000959 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000960 << D->getDeclName();
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000961 return ExprError();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000962 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000963 }
964
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000965 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
966 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
967 // above.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000968 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000969 << D->getDeclName();
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000970 return ExprError();
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000971 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000972
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000973 // We're not in an implicit member-reference context, but the lookup
974 // results might not require an instance. Try to build a non-member
975 // decl reference.
976 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000977}
978
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000979bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
980 const LookupResult &R,
981 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000982 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
983 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
984 return false;
985
986 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
987 if (SS && SS->isSet())
988 return false;
989
990 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +0000991 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +0000992 return false;
993
994 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
995 // normal lookup:
996 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
997 NamedDecl *D = *I;
998
999 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1000 // -- a declaration of a class member
1001 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1002 // original decl.
1003 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
1004 return false;
1005
1006 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1007 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1008 // using-declaration
1009 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1010 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1011 // turn off ADL anyway).
1012 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1013 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1014 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1015 return false;
1016
1017 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1018 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1019 // template
1020 // And also for builtin functions.
1021 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1022 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1023
1024 // But also builtin functions.
1025 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1026 return false;
1027 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1028 return false;
1029 }
1030
1031 return true;
1032}
1033
1034
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001035/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1036/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1037/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1038/// will in fact be used.
1039static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1040 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1041 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1042 return true;
1043 }
1044
1045 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1046 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1047 return true;
1048 }
1049
1050 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1051 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1052 return true;
1053 }
1054
1055 return false;
1056}
1057
1058Sema::OwningExprResult
1059Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001060 LookupResult &R,
1061 bool NeedsADL) {
1062 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue);
1063
1064 if (!NeedsADL && !R.isOverloadedResult())
1065 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001066
1067 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1068 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1069 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001070 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1071 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001072 return ExprError();
1073
1074 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
1075 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context,
1076 SS ? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001077 SS ? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001078 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1079 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
1080 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1081 ULE->addDecl(*I);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001082
1083 return Owned(ULE);
1084}
1085
1086
1087/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1088Sema::OwningExprResult
1089Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1090 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1091 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001092 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1093 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001094 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1095
1096 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1097 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001098
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001099 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001100
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001101 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1102 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1103 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1104 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001105 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001106 return ExprError();
1107
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001108 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1109 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001110 return ExprError();
1111
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001112 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1113 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1114 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1115 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001116 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001117 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1118 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1119 //
1120 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001121 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001122 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001123 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001124 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001125 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001126 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1127 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001128 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001129
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001130 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001131 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001132 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001133 }
1134 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1135 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001136
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +00001137 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001138}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001139
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001140Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1141 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001142 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001143
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001144 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001145 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001146 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1147 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1148 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001149 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001150
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001151 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1152 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001153
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001154 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1155 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001156 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001157 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001158 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001159
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001160 QualType ResTy;
1161 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1162 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1163 } else {
1164 unsigned Length =
1165 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001166
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001167 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001168 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001169 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1170 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001171 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001172}
1173
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001174Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001175 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001176 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1177 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1178 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001179
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001180 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1181 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1182 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001183 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001184
1185 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1186
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001187 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1188 Literal.isWide(),
1189 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001190}
1191
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001192Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1193 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001194 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1195 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001196 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001197 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001198 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001199 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001200 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001201
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001202 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001203 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1204 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001205 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001206
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001207 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001208 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001209
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001210 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001211 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001212 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001213 return ExprError();
1214
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001215 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001216
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001217 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001218 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001219 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001220 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001221 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001222 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001223 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001224 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001225
1226 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1227
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001228 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1229 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001230 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1231 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001232
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001233 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001234 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001235 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001236 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001237
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001238 // long long is a C99 feature.
1239 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001240 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001241 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1242
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001243 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001244 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001245
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001246 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1247 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1248 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001249 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1250 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001251 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001252 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001253 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1254 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001255
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001256 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1257 // be an unsigned int.
1258 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1259
1260 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001261 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001262 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1263 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001264 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001265
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001266 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1267 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1268 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1269 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001270 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001271 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001272 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001273 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001274 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001275 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001276
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001277 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001278 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001279 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001280
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001281 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1282 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1283 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1284 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001285 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001286 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001287 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001288 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001289 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001290 }
1291
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001292 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001293 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001294 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001295
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001296 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1297 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1298 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1299 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001300 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001301 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001302 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001303 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001304 }
1305 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001306
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001307 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1308 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001309 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001310 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001311 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001312 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001313 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001314
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001315 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1316 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001317 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001318 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001319 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001320
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001321 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1322 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001323 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001324 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001325
1326 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001327}
1328
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001329Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1330 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001331 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001332 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001333 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001334}
1335
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001336/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001337/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001338bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001339 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1340 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1341 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001342 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1343 return false;
1344
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001345 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1346 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1347 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1348 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1349 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1350 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1351
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001352 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001353 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001354 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001355 if (isSizeof)
1356 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1357 return false;
1358 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001359
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001360 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001361 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001362 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1363 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001364 return false;
1365 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001366
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001367 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001368 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001369 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1370 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001371 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001372
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001373 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001374 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001375 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001376 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1377 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001378 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001379
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001380 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001381}
1382
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001383bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1384 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1385 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001386
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001387 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001388 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1389 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001390
1391 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1392 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1393 return false;
1394
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001395 if (E->getBitField()) {
1396 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1397 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001398 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001399
1400 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1401 // bit-field.
1402 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001403 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001404 return false;
1405
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001406 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1407}
1408
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001409/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001410Action::OwningExprResult
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001411Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DeclaratorInfo *DInfo,
1412 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001413 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001414 if (!DInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001415 return ExprError();
1416
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001417 QualType T = DInfo->getType();
1418
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001419 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1420 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1421 return ExprError();
1422
1423 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001424 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, DInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001425 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1426 R.getEnd()));
1427}
1428
1429/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1430/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001431Action::OwningExprResult
1432Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001433 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1434 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1435 bool isInvalid = false;
1436 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1437 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1438 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1439 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001440 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001441 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1442 isInvalid = true;
1443 } else {
1444 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1445 }
1446
1447 if (isInvalid)
1448 return ExprError();
1449
1450 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1451 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1452 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1453 R.getEnd()));
1454}
1455
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001456/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1457/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1458/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001459Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001460Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1461 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001462 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001463 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001464
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001465 if (isType) {
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001466 DeclaratorInfo *DInfo;
1467 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &DInfo);
1468 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(DInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001469 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001470
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001471 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1472 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1473 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1474
1475 if (Result.isInvalid())
1476 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1477
1478 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001479}
1480
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001481QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001482 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1483 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001484
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001485 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001486 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001487 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001488
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001489 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1490 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1491 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001492
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001493 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001494 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1495 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001496 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001497}
1498
1499
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001500
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001501Action::OwningExprResult
1502Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1503 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001504 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1505 switch (Kind) {
1506 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1507 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1508 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1509 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001510
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00001511 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001512}
1513
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001514Action::OwningExprResult
1515Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1516 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001517 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1518 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1519
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001520 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1521 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001522
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001523 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001524 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1525 Base.release();
1526 Idx.release();
1527 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1528 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1529 }
1530
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001531 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001532 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001533 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1534 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1535 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001536 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001537 }
1538
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00001539 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
1540}
1541
1542
1543Action::OwningExprResult
1544Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1545 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1546 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
1547 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
1548
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001549 // Perform default conversions.
1550 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1551 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001552
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001553 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001554
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001555 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001556 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001557 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001558 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001559 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1560 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001561 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1562 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1563 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1564 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001565 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001566 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1567 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001568 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001569 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001570 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001571 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1572 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001573 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001574 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001575 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001576 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1577 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1578 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001579 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001580 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001581 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1582 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1583 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1584 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001585 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001586 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001587 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001588
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001589 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1590 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001591 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1592 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1593 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1594 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1595 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1596 // force the promotion here.
1597 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1598 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001599 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
1600 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001601 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1602
1603 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1604 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001605 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001606 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1607 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1608 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1609 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001610 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
1611 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001612 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1613
1614 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1615 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001616 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001617 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001618 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1619 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001620 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001621 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001622 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1623 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001624 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1625 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001626
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001627 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001628 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1629 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001630 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1631
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001632 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001633 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1634 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001635 // incomplete types are not object types.
1636 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1637 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1638 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1639 return ExprError();
1640 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001641
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001642 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001643 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001644 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1645 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001646 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001647
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001648 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1649 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1650 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1651 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1652 return ExprError();
1653 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001654
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001655 Base.release();
1656 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001657 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001658 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001659}
1660
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001661QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001662CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001663 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001664 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00001665 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
1666 // see FIXME there.
1667 //
1668 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
1669 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001670 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001671
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001672 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001673 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001674
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001675 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001676 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1677 // to be selected.
1678 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001679
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001680 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1681 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001682 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001683
1684 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1685 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001686 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001687 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1688 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001689 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001690 do
1691 compStr++;
1692 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001693 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001694 do
1695 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001696 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001697 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001698
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001699 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001700 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1701 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001702 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1703 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001704 return QualType();
1705 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001706
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001707 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1708 // operates on.
1709 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00001710 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001711
1712 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001713 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001714
1715 while (*compStr) {
1716 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1717 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1718 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1719 return QualType();
1720 }
1721 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001722 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001723
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001724 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1725 // number of elements.
1726 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001727 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001728 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001729 return QualType();
1730 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001731
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001732 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001733 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001734 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001735 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001736 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001737 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001738 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001739 if (HexSwizzle)
1740 CompSize--;
1741
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001742 if (CompSize == 1)
1743 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001744
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001745 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001746 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001747 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1748 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1749 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1750 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001751 }
1752 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001753}
1754
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001755static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001756 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001757 const Selector &Sel,
1758 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001759
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001760 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001761 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001762 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001763 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001764
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001765 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1766 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001767 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001768 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001769 return D;
1770 }
1771 return 0;
1772}
1773
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001774static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001775 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001776 const Selector &Sel,
1777 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001778 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1779 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001780 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001781 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001782 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001783 GDecl = PD;
1784 break;
1785 }
1786 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001787 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001788 GDecl = OMD;
1789 break;
1790 }
1791 }
1792 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001793 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001794 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1795 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001796 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001797 if (GDecl)
1798 return GDecl;
1799 }
1800 }
1801 return GDecl;
1802}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001803
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001804Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001805Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001806 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001807 DeclarationName MemberName,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001808 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001809 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1810 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001811 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
1812 return ExprError();
1813
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001814 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1815 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1816
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00001817 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00001818 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001819
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001820 // Perform default conversions.
1821 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001822
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001823 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00001824
1825 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
1826 // type, it's probably because the forgot parentheses to call that
1827 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
1828 // call, and continue on.
1829 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1830 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
1831 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
1832 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
1833 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
1834 ((OpKind == tok::period && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
1835 (OpKind == tok::arrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
1836 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
1837 ->isRecordType()))) {
1838 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
1839 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
1840 << QualType(Fun, 0)
1841 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
1842
1843 OwningExprResult NewBase
1844 = ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
1845 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
1846 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
1847 return move(NewBase);
1848
1849 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
1850 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
1851 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1852 }
1853 }
1854 }
1855
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001856 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
1857 // use that.
1858 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
1859 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
1860 // is a reference to 'isa'.
1861 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
1862 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001863 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001864 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00001865 }
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001866 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001867
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001868 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
1869 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
1870 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1871 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
1872 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
1873 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
1874 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
1875 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
1876 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
1877 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
1878 // Check the use of this method.
1879 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1880 return ExprError();
1881 }
1882 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1883 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1884 Selector SetterSel =
1885 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1886 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
1887 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
1888 if (!Setter) {
1889 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1890 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00001891 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001892 }
1893 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1894 if (!Setter)
1895 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
1896
1897 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
1898 return ExprError();
1899
1900 if (Getter || Setter) {
1901 QualType PType;
1902
1903 if (Getter)
1904 PType = Getter->getResultType();
1905 else
1906 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
1907 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
1908 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
1909 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
1910 PType,
1911 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1912 }
1913 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1914 << MemberName << BaseType);
1915 }
1916 }
1917
1918 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
1919 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
1920 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00001921 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001922 }
1923
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001924 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1925 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001926 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001927 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
1928 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1929 if (SS) {
1930 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1931 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1932 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1933 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001934
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00001935 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001936 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001937 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001938 FirstQualifierInScope,
1939 MemberName,
1940 MemberLoc,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001941 ExplicitTemplateArgs));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001942 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001943 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001944 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001945 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1946 ;
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001947 else
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001948 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1949 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1950 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00001951 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001952 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001953 // (so we'll report an error for)
1954 // T* t;
1955 // t.f;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001956 //
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001957 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
1958 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
1959 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001960 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001961
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001962 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001963 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
1964 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1965 if (SS) {
1966 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
1967 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
1968 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
1969 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001970
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00001971 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001972 BaseExpr, false,
1973 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001974 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00001975 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00001976 FirstQualifierInScope,
1977 MemberName,
1978 MemberLoc,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001979 ExplicitTemplateArgs));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00001980 }
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00001981 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001982
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001983 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1984 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001985 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001986 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001987 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001988 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
1989 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001990 return ExprError();
1991
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00001992 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
1993 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
1994 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
1995 // nested-name-specifier.
1996 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Douglas Gregor0b3d95a2009-10-17 22:37:54 +00001997
1998 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
1999 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2000 << DC << SS->getRange();
2001 return ExprError();
2002 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002003
2004 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
John McCall8cd78132009-11-19 22:55:06 +00002005 // CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002006 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2007 }
2008
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002009 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002010 LookupResult Result(*this, MemberName, MemberLoc, LookupMemberName);
2011 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002012
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002013 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00002014 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
2015 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002016 if (Result.isAmbiguous())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002017 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002018
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002019 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
2020
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002021 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002022 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002023 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002024 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002025 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002026 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002027
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002028 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2029 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2030 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2031 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2032 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2033 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002034
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002035 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2036 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2037 // error cases.
2038 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2039 return ExprError();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002040
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002041 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2042 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2043 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2044 // explicitly qualified.
2045 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2046 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2047 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002048
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002049 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002050 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002051 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002052
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002053 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002054 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2055 // (C++ [class.union]).
2056 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002057 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002058 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002059
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002060 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002061 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002062 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002063 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2064 else {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002065 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2066 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2067 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2068
2069 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2070 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2071
2072 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2073 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2074 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002075 }
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002076
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002077 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002078 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2079 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002080 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002081 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002082 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002083
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002084 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2085 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002086 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2087 Var, MemberLoc,
2088 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002089 }
2090 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2091 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002092 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2093 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2094 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002095 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002096 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002097 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2098 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002099
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002100 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002101 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2102 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002103 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002104 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2105 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002106 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002107
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002108 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2109 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2110 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002111 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002112 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002113 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002114 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002115 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2116 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002117 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002118 Ovl, MemberLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002119 Context.OverloadTy));
2120
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002121 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2122 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002123 }
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002124 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2125 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002126 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2127 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002128 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002129 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002130 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002131 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002132
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002133 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2134 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2135 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002136 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2137 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002138 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002139 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002140
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002141 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2142 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2143 // pseudo-destructor.
2144 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2145 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002146 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2147 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002148 // type.
2149 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2150 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2151 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002152
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002153 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2154 // same as the object type.
2155 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2156 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2157 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2158 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2159 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002160
2161 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002162 // the form
2163 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002164 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2165 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002166 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2167 //
2168 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2169 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002170
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002171 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2172 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2173 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002174 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002175 OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002176 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002177 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2178 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2179 MemberLoc));
2180 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002181
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002182 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2183 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002184 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2185 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002186 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002187 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002188 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002189 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002190 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2191
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002192 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2193 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002194 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002195
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002196 if (IV) {
2197 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2198 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2199 // error cases.
2200 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2201 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002202
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002203 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2204 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2205 return ExprError();
2206 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2207 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2208 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2209 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2210 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2211 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2212 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2213 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2214 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2215 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2216 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2217 // AST for a function decl.
2218 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002219 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002220 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2221 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2222 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2223 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2224 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2225 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002226
2227 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2228 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002229 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002230 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002231 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002232 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2233 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002234 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002235 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002236 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002237
2238 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2239 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2240 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002241 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002242 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002243 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002244 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002245 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002246 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002247 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002248 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002249 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002250 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002251 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002252
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002253 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002254 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002255 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2256 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2257 // Check the use of this declaration
2258 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2259 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002260
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002261 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2262 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2263 }
2264 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2265 // Check the use of this method.
2266 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2267 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002268
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002269 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002270 OMD->getResultType(),
2271 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002272 NULL, 0));
2273 }
2274 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002275
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002276 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002277 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002278 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002279 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2280 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002281 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002282 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002283 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2284 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2285 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002286 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002287
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002288 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002289 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002290 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2291 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2292 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002293 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002294 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002295 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002296 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2297 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002298 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002299 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2300 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002301 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002302 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2303 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002304 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002305 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2306 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2307 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002308
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002309 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002310 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2311 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002312 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2313 // selector is implemented.
2314
2315 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2316 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2317
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002318 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002319 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002320
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002321 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2322 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002323 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002324
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002325 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002326 if (!Getter)
2327 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002328 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002329 // Check if we can reference this property.
2330 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2331 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002332 }
2333 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2334 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002335 Selector SetterSel =
2336 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002337 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002338 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002339 if (!Setter) {
2340 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2341 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002342 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002343 }
2344 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002345 if (!Setter)
2346 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002347
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002348 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2349 return ExprError();
2350
2351 if (Getter || Setter) {
2352 QualType PType;
2353
2354 if (Getter)
2355 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002356 else
2357 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2358 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002359 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002360 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002361 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2362 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002363 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002364 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002365 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002366
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002367 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002368 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002369 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002370 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002371 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2372 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2373
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002374 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002375 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002376 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002377 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2378 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002379 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002380 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002381 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002382 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002383
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002384 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2385 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2386
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002387 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002388}
2389
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002390Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base,
2391 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2392 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
2393 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2394 UnqualifiedId &Member,
2395 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
2396 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2397 if (Member.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
2398 TemplateName Template
2399 = TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(Member.TemplateId->Template);
2400
2401 // FIXME: We're going to end up looking up the template based on its name,
2402 // twice!
2403 DeclarationName Name;
2404 if (TemplateDecl *ActualTemplate = Template.getAsTemplateDecl())
2405 Name = ActualTemplate->getDeclName();
2406 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = Template.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl())
2407 Name = Ovl->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00002408 else {
2409 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Template.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2410 if (DTN->isIdentifier())
2411 Name = DTN->getIdentifier();
2412 else
2413 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2414 }
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002415
2416 // Translate the parser's template argument list in our AST format.
2417 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
2418 Member.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002419 Member.TemplateId->NumArgs);
2420
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002421 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
2422 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(Member.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
2423 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(Member.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
2424 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002425 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
2426
2427 // Do we have the save the actual template name? We might need it...
2428 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2429 Member.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002430 Name, &TemplateArgs, DeclPtrTy(),
Douglas Gregor30d60cb2009-11-03 19:44:04 +00002431 &SS);
2432 }
2433
2434 // FIXME: We lose a lot of source information by mapping directly to the
2435 // DeclarationName.
2436 OwningExprResult Result
2437 = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind,
2438 Member.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2439 GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Member),
2440 ObjCImpDecl, &SS);
2441
2442 if (Result.isInvalid() || HasTrailingLParen ||
2443 Member.getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
2444 return move(Result);
2445
2446 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
2447 // immediately call them. Since the next token is not a '(', produce a
2448 // diagnostic and build the call now.
2449 Expr *E = (Expr *)Result.get();
2450 SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc
2451 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(Member.getSourceRange().getEnd());
2452 Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
2453 << isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(E)
2454 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
2455
2456 return ActOnCallExpr(0, move(Result), ExpectedLParenLoc,
2457 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, ExpectedLParenLoc);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002458}
2459
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002460Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2461 FunctionDecl *FD,
2462 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2463 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2464 Diag (CallLoc,
2465 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2466 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002467 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002468 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2469 } else {
2470 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2471 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2472
2473 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002474 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002475
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002476 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2477 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002478 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002479
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002480 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002481 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002482 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002483
2484 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002485 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2486 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2487 return ExprError();
2488 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002489
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002490 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002491
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002492 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2493 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2494 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002495 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002496 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002497 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002498 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2499 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2500 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2501 }
2502 }
2503
2504 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2505 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2506}
2507
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002508/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2509/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2510/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2511/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2512/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2513/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002514bool
2515Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002516 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002517 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002518 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2519 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002520 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002521 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2522 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2523 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002524 bool Invalid = false;
2525
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002526 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2527 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2528 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2529 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2530 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2531 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2532 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2533 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002534 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002535 }
2536
2537 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2538 // them.
2539 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2540 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2541 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2542 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2543 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2544 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2545 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2546 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002547 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002548 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002549 }
2550 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2551 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002552
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002553 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2554 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2555 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002556
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002557 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002558 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002559 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002560
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002561 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2562 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002563 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2564 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002565 return true;
2566
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002567 // Pass the argument.
2568 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2569 return true;
Anders Carlsson78cfaa92009-11-13 04:34:45 +00002570
Anders Carlsson97df0b42009-11-13 17:04:35 +00002571 if (!ProtoArgType->isReferenceType())
2572 Arg = MaybeBindToTemporary(Arg).takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002573 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002574 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002575
2576 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002577 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2578 FDecl, Param);
2579 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2580 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002581
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002582 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002583 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002584
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002585 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2586 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002587
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002588 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2589 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002590 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2591 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2592 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2593 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2594 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2595
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002596 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Eli Friedmana9ea9592009-11-14 04:43:10 +00002597 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002598 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002599 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002600 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2601 }
2602 }
2603
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002604 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002605}
2606
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002607/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2608/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2609/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2610/// template arguments, etc.
2611void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002612 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*> &Fns,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002613 DeclarationName &Name,
2614 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2615 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2616 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002617 bool &Overloaded,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002618 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002619 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002620 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002621 Name = DeclarationName();
2622 Qualifier = 0;
2623 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2624 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002625 Overloaded = false;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002626 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002627
2628 // Most of the explicit tracking of ArgumentDependentLookup in this
2629 // function can disappear when we handle unresolved
2630 // TemplateIdRefExprs properly.
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002631
2632 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2633 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2634 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2635 while (true) {
2636 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2637 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2638 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2639 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2640 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2641 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2642 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2643 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2644 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2645 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2646 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002647 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002648 Fns.push_back(cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl()));
2649 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2650 if ((Qualifier = DRExpr->getQualifier()))
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00002651 QualifierRange = DRExpr->getQualifierRange();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002652 break;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002653 } else if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UnresLookup
2654 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2655 Name = UnresLookup->getName();
2656 Fns.append(UnresLookup->decls_begin(), UnresLookup->decls_end());
2657 ArgumentDependentLookup = UnresLookup->requiresADL();
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002658 Overloaded = UnresLookup->isOverloaded();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002659 if ((Qualifier = UnresLookup->getQualifier()))
2660 QualifierRange = UnresLookup->getQualifierRange();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002661 break;
2662 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2663 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002664 if (NamedDecl *Function
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002665 = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2666 Name = Function->getDeclName();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002667 Fns.push_back(Function);
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002668 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002669 else {
2670 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overload
2671 = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002672 Name = Overload->getDeclName();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002673 Fns.append(Overload->function_begin(), Overload->function_end());
2674 }
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002675 Overloaded = true;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002676 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002677 TemplateIdRef->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002678
2679 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2680 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2681 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2682 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2683 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2684 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2685 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2686 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2687 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2688 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2689 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2690 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2691 //
2692 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2693 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2694 // is still possible.
2695 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2696 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2697 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2698 }
2699 break;
2700 } else {
2701 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2702 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2703 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2704 break;
2705 }
2706 }
2707}
2708
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002709/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002710/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2711/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002712Action::OwningExprResult
2713Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2714 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002715 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002716 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002717
2718 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2719 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002720
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002721 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002722 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002723 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002724
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002725 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002726 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2727 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2728 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2729 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2730 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2731 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2732 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2733 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002734
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002735 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2736 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002737
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002738 NumArgs = 0;
2739 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002740
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002741 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2742 RParenLoc));
2743 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002744
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002745 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002746 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002747 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2748 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002749 bool Dependent = false;
2750 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2751 Dependent = true;
2752 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2753 Dependent = true;
2754
2755 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002756 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002757 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2758
2759 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2760 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2761 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2762 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2763
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002764 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002765 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2766 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2767 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2768 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2769 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2770 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2771 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002772 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2773 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002774 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002775
2776 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2777 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2778 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2779 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002780 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
2781 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
2782 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002783
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002784 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
2785 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
2786 NumArgs, ResultTy,
2787 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002788
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002789 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
2790 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2791 TheCall.get(), 0))
2792 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002793
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002794 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2795 RParenLoc))
2796 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002797
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00002798 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2799 }
2800 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
2801 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2802 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002803 }
2804 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002805 }
2806
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002807 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002808 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002809 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002810 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns;
2811 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002812 bool Overloaded;
2813 bool ADL;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002814 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002815 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002816 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2817 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002818 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002819 ADL, Overloaded, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002820 ExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002821
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002822 NamedDecl *NDecl; // the specific declaration we're calling, if applicable
2823 FunctionDecl *FDecl; // same, if it's known to be a function
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002824
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002825 if (Overloaded || ADL) {
2826#ifndef NDEBUG
2827 if (ADL) {
2828 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
2829 assert(UnqualifiedName && "found no unqualified name for ADL");
2830
2831 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
2832 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
2833 if (Fns.size() == 1 && (FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fns[0])) &&
2834 FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
2835 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
2836
2837 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2838 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
2839 }
2840
2841 if (Overloaded) {
2842 // To be overloaded, we must either have multiple functions or
2843 // at least one function template (which is effectively an
2844 // infinite set of functions).
2845 assert((Fns.size() > 1 ||
2846 (Fns.size() == 1 &&
2847 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fns[0]->getUnderlyingDecl())))
2848 && "unrecognized overload situation");
2849 }
2850#endif
2851
2852 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, Fns, UnqualifiedName,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002853 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &ExplicitTemplateArgs : 0),
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00002854 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2855 RParenLoc, ADL);
2856 if (!FDecl)
2857 return ExprError();
2858
2859 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
2860
2861 NDecl = FDecl;
2862 } else {
2863 assert(Fns.size() <= 1 && "overloaded without Overloaded flag");
2864 if (Fns.empty())
2865 NDecl = FDecl = 0;
2866 else {
2867 NDecl = Fns[0];
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002868 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002869 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002870 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002871
2872 // Promote the function operand.
2873 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2874
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002875 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2876 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002877 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2878 Args, NumArgs,
2879 Context.BoolTy,
2880 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002881
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002882 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2883 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2884 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2885 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002886 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002887 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002888 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2889 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002890 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002891 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002892 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002893 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002894 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002895 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002896 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2897 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2898
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002899 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002900 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
2901 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
2902 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002903 return ExprError();
2904
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002905 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002906 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002907
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002908 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002909 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002910 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002911 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002912 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002913 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002914
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002915 if (FDecl) {
2916 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2917 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2918 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002919 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002920 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002921 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002922 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2923 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2924 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2925 }
2926 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002927 }
2928
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002929 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002930 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2931 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2932 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002933 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2934 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002935 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2936 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002937 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002938 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002939 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00002940 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002941
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002942 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2943 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002944 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2945 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002946
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002947 // Check for sentinels
2948 if (NDecl)
2949 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002950
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002951 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002952 if (FDecl) {
2953 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
2954 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002955
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002956 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00002957 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
2958 } else if (NDecl) {
2959 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
2960 return ExprError();
2961 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002962
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00002963 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002964}
2965
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002966Action::OwningExprResult
2967Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2968 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002969 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00002970 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
2971 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002972 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002973 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002974 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002975
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002976 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002977 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002978 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2979 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002980 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2981 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002982 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002983 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002984 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002985 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002986
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002987 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002988 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002989 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002990
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002991 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002992 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002993 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002994 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002995 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002996 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002997 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002998 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002999}
3000
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003001Action::OwningExprResult
3002Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003003 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3004 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3005 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003006
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003007 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003008 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003009
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003010 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003011 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003012 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003013 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003014}
3015
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003016static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3017 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003018 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003019 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3020
3021 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3022 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3023 return CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
3024 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3025 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3026 }
3027
3028 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3029 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3030 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3031 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3032 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3033 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3034 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3035 }
3036
3037 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3038 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3039 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3040 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3041 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3042 }
3043
3044 // FIXME: Assert here.
3045 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3046 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3047}
3048
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003049/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003050bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003051 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003052 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3053 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003054 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003055 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3056 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003057
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003058 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003059
3060 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3061 // type needs to be scalar.
3062 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3063 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003064 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3065 return false;
3066 }
3067
3068 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003069 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003070 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3071 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003072 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003073 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3074 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003075 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003076 return false;
3077 }
3078
3079 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003080 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003081 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003082 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003083 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003084 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003085 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
3086 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003087 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3088 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3089 break;
3090 }
3091 }
3092 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3093 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3094 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003095 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003096 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003097 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003098
3099 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3100 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3101 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3102 }
3103
3104 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3105 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003106 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3107 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003108 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003109 }
3110
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003111 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3112 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3113
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003114 if (castType->isVectorType())
3115 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3116 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3117 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3118
3119 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003120 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003121
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003122 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3123 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3124
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003125 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003126 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3127 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3128 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3129 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3130 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3131 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3132 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3133 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3134 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3135 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003136 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003137
3138 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003139 return false;
3140}
3141
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003142bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3143 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003144 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003145
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003146 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003147 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003148 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003149 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003150 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003151 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003152 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003153 } else
3154 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003155 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003156 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003157
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003158 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003159 return false;
3160}
3161
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003162bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3163 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003164 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003165
3166 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3167
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003168 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3169 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003170 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3171 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3172 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3173 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003174 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003175 return false;
3176 }
3177
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003178 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003179 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3180 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003181 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3182 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3183 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3184 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003185
3186 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3187 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3188 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003189
3190 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003191 return false;
3192}
3193
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003194Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003195Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003196 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003197 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003198
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003199 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3200 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003201
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003202 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003203 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3204 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003205
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003206 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3207 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3208 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003209 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003210 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003211 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003212 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003213
3214 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003215 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003216 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003217
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003218 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3219 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003220
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003221 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3222 } else {
3223 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003224 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003225
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003226 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003227 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003228 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003229}
3230
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003231/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3232/// of comma binary operators.
3233Action::OwningExprResult
3234Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3235 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3236 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3237 if (!E)
3238 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003239
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003240 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003241
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003242 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3243 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3244 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003245
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003246 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3247}
3248
3249Action::OwningExprResult
3250Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3251 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3252 QualType Ty) {
3253 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003254
3255 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003256 // then handle it as such.
3257 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3258 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3259 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3260 return ExprError();
3261 }
3262
3263 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3264 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3265 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3266
3267 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3268 // braces instead of the original commas.
3269 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003270 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003271 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3272 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003273 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003274 Owned(E));
3275 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003276 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003277 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3278 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3279 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3280 }
3281}
3282
3283Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3284 SourceLocation R,
3285 MultiExprArg Val) {
3286 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3287 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3288 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3289 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3290 return Owned(expr);
3291}
3292
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003293/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3294/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003295/// C99 6.5.15
3296QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3297 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003298 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3299 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3300 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3301
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00003302 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_conditional);
3303
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003304 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3305 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3306 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3307 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3308 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3309 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003310
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003311 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003312 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3313 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3314 << CondTy;
3315 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003316 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003317
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003318 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003319 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3320 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003321
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003322 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3323 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003324 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3325 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3326 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003327 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003328
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003329 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3330 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003331 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3332 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003333 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003334 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003335 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003336 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003337 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003338 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003339
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003340 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003341 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003342 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3343 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3344 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3345 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3346 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3347 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3348 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003349 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
3350 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003351 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003352 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003353 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3354 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003355 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003356 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003357 // promote the null to a pointer.
3358 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003359 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003360 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003361 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003362 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003363 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003364 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003365 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003366 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3367 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3368 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3369 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3370 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003371 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003372 return LHSTy;
3373 }
3374 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3375 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003376 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003377 return RHSTy;
3378 }
3379 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3380 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3381 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003382 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003383 return LHSTy;
3384 }
3385 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3386 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003387 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003388 return RHSTy;
3389 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003390 // Handle block pointer types.
3391 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3392 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3393 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3394 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003395 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3396 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003397 return destType;
3398 }
3399 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3400 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3401 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003402 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003403 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3404 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3405 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003406 return LHSTy;
3407 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003408 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003409 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3410 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003411
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003412 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3413 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003414 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3415 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3416 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3417 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3418 // to get a consistent AST.
3419 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003420 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3421 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003422 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003423 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003424 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003425 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3426 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003427 return LHSTy;
3428 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003429 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003430 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003431
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003432 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3433 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3434 return LHSTy;
3435 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003436 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3437 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003438 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003439
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003440 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3441 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3442 // type. This allows
3443 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3444 // where B is a subclass of A.
3445 //
3446 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3447 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3448 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3449 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3450
3451 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3452 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003453 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003454 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003455 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003456 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003457 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003458 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003459 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003460 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003461 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3462 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3463 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3464 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3465 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003466 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00003467 } else if (!(compositeType =
3468 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
3469 ;
3470 else {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003471 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3472 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3473 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3474 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003475 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3476 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003477 return incompatTy;
3478 }
3479 // The object pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003480 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3481 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003482 return compositeType;
3483 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003484 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3485 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003486 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003487 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003488 QualType destPointee
3489 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003490 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003491 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3492 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3493 // Promote to void*.
3494 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003495 return destType;
3496 }
3497 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003498 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003499 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003500 QualType destPointee
3501 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003502 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003503 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3504 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3505 // Promote to void*.
3506 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003507 return destType;
3508 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003509 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3510 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3511 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003512 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3513 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003514
3515 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3516 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3517 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003518 QualType destPointee
3519 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003520 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003521 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
3522 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
3523 // Promote to void*.
3524 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003525 return destType;
3526 }
3527 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003528 QualType destPointee
3529 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003530 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003531 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003532 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003533 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00003534 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003535 return destType;
3536 }
3537
3538 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3539 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3540 return LHSTy;
3541 }
3542 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3543 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3544 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3545 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3546 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3547 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3548 // to get a consistent AST.
3549 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003550 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3551 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003552 return incompatTy;
3553 }
3554 // The pointer types are compatible.
3555 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3556 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3557 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3558 // type.
3559 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3560 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003561 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
3562 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003563 return LHSTy;
3564 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003565
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003566 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3567 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3568 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3569 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003570 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003571 return RHSTy;
3572 }
3573 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3574 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3575 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003576 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003577 return LHSTy;
3578 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003579
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003580 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003581 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3582 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003583 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003584}
3585
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003586/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003587/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003588Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3589 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3590 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3591 ExprArg RHS) {
3592 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3593 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003594
3595 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3596 // was the condition.
3597 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3598 if (isLHSNull)
3599 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003600
3601 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003602 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003603 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003604 return ExprError();
3605
3606 Cond.release();
3607 LHS.release();
3608 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003609 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003610 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003611 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003612}
3613
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003614// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003615// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003616// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3617// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3618// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003619Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003620Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003621 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003622
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003623 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3624 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3625 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3626 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3627 return Compatible;
3628 }
3629
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003630 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003631 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3632 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003633
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003634 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003635 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3636 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003637
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003638 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003639
3640 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3641 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3642 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003643 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003644 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003645 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003646
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003647 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3648 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003649 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003650 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003651 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003652 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003653
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003654 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003655 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3656 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003657 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003658
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003659 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003660 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003661 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003662
3663 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003664 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3665 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003666 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003667 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003668 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003669 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3670 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3671 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3672 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3673 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3674 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003675 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003676 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003677 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003678 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003679
3680 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003681 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003682 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003683 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003684
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003685 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3686 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3687 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3688 // warning can be disabled.
3689 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3690 return ConvTy;
3691 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3692 }
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003693
3694 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
3695 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
3696 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
3697 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
3698 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
3699 do {
3700 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3701 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3702
3703 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3704 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
3705 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
3706
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003707 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00003708 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00003709 }
3710
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003711 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003712 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003713 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003714 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003715}
3716
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003717/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3718/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3719/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3720// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003721Sema::AssignConvertType
3722Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003723 QualType rhsType) {
3724 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003725
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003726 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003727 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3728 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003729
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003730 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3731 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3732 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003733
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003734 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003735
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003736 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003737 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003738 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003739
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003740 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003741 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003742 return ConvTy;
3743}
3744
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003745/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3746/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003747/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3748///
3749/// int a, *pint;
3750/// short *pshort;
3751/// struct foo *pfoo;
3752///
3753/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3754/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3755/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3756/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3757///
3758/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003759/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003760///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003761Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003762Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003763 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3764 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003765 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3766 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003767
3768 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003769 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003770
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003771 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3772 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3773 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3774 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3775 return Compatible;
3776 }
3777
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003778 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3779 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3780 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3781 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3782 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3783 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3784 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003785 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003786 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003787 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003788 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003789 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003790 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3791 // to the same ExtVector type.
3792 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3793 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3794 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3795 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3796 return Compatible;
3797 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003798
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003799 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003800 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003801 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003802 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003803 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3804 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003805 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003806 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003807 }
3808 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003809 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003810
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003811 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003812 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003813
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003814 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003815 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003816 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003817
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003818 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003819 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003820
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003821 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003822 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003823 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3824 return Compatible;
3825 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003826 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003827 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3828 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003829 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003830
3831 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003832 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003833 return Compatible;
3834 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003835 return Incompatible;
3836 }
3837
3838 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3839 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003840 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003841
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003842 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003843 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003844 return Compatible;
3845
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003846 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3847 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003848
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003849 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003850 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003851 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003852 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003853 return Incompatible;
3854 }
3855
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003856 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3857 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3858 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003859
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003860 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003861 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003862 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3863 return Compatible;
3864 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003865 }
3866 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003867 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3868 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003869 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3870 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003871 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3872 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003873 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003874 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003875 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003876 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3877 return Compatible;
3878 }
3879 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3880 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3881 return Compatible;
3882 return Incompatible;
3883 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003884 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003885 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003886 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3887 return Compatible;
3888
3889 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003890 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003891
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003892 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003893 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003894
3895 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003896 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003897 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003898 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003899 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003900 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3901 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3902 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3903 return Compatible;
3904
3905 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3906 return PointerToInt;
3907
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003908 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003909 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003910 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3911 return Compatible;
3912 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003913 }
3914 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003915 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003916 return Compatible;
3917 return Incompatible;
3918 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003919
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003920 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003921 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003922 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00003923 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003924 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00003925}
3926
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003927/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3928/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003929static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003930 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3931 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3932 // of the transparent union.
3933 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3934 &E, 1,
3935 SourceLocation());
3936 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3937 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3938
3939 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3940 // union type from this initializer list.
3941 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3942 false);
3943}
3944
3945Sema::AssignConvertType
3946Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3947 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3948
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003949 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003950 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3951 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003952 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003953 return Incompatible;
3954
3955 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3956 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3957 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3958 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003959 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3960 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003961 it != itend; ++it) {
3962 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3963 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3964 // 1) void pointer
3965 // 2) null pointer constant
3966 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003967 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003968 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003969 InitField = *it;
3970 break;
3971 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003972
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003973 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
3974 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003975 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003976 InitField = *it;
3977 break;
3978 }
3979 }
3980
3981 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3982 == Compatible) {
3983 InitField = *it;
3984 break;
3985 }
3986 }
3987
3988 if (!InitField)
3989 return Incompatible;
3990
3991 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3992 return Compatible;
3993}
3994
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003995Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003996Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003997 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3998 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3999 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4000 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4001 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004002 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4003 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004004 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004005 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004006 }
4007
4008 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4009 // structures.
4010 }
4011
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004012 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4013 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004014 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4015 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004016 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004017 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4018 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004019 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004020 return Compatible;
4021 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004022
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004023 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004024 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004025 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004026 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004027 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004028 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004029 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4030 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004031
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004032 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4033 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004034
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004035 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4036 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004037 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4038 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4039 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4040 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004041 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004042 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4043 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004044 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004045}
4046
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004047QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004048 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004049 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004050 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004051 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004052}
4053
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004054inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004055 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004056 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004057 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004058 QualType lhsType =
4059 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4060 QualType rhsType =
4061 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004062
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004063 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004064 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004065 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004066
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004067 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4068 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004069 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4070 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004071 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4072 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004073 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004074 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004075 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004076 }
4077 }
4078 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004079
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004080 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4081 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4082 bool swapped = false;
4083 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4084 swapped = true;
4085 std::swap(rex, lex);
4086 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4087 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004088
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004089 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004090 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004091 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4092 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4093 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004094 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004095 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4096 return lhsType;
4097 }
4098 }
4099 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4100 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4101 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004102 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004103 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4104 return lhsType;
4105 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004106 }
4107 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004108
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004109 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004110 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004111 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004112 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004113 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004114}
4115
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004116inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004117 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004118 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004119 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004120
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004121 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004122
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004123 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004124 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004125 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004126}
4127
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004128inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004129 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004130 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4131 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4132 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4133 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4134 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004135
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004136 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004137
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004138 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004139 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004140 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004141}
4142
4143inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004144 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004145 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4146 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4147 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4148 return compType;
4149 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004150
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004151 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004152
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004153 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004154 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4155 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4156 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004157 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004158 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004159
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004160 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4161 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004162 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004163 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4164
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004165 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004166
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004167 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004168 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004169
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004170 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4171 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004172 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4173 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004174 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004175 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004176 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004177
4178 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4179 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4180 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004181 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004182 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4183 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4184 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4185 return QualType();
4186 }
4187
4188 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4189 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4190 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004191 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004192 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004193 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004194 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004195 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4196 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004197 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4198 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004199 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004200 return QualType();
4201 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004202 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4203 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4204 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4205 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4206 return QualType();
4207 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004208
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004209 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004210 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4211 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4212 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4213 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4214 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004215 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004216 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4217 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004218 return PExp->getType();
4219 }
4220 }
4221
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004222 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004223}
4224
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004225// C99 6.5.6
4226QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004227 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4228 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4229 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4230 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4231 return compType;
4232 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004233
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004234 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004235
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004236 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004237
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004238 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004239 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4240 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004241 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004242 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004243 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004244
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004245 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004246 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004247 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004248
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004249 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004250
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004251 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4252 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4253 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4254 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4255 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4256 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4257 return QualType();
4258 }
4259
4260 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4261 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4262 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4263 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4264 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004265 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004266 return QualType();
4267 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004268
4269 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4270 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4271 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004272 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004273 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004274 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004275 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004276 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004277
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004278 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4279 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4280 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4281 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4282 return QualType();
4283 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004284
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004285 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004286 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4287 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4288 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4289 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4290 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4291 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004292 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004293 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4294
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004295 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004296 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004297 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004298
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004299 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004300 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004301 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004302
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004303 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4304 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4305 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4306 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4307 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4308 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4309 return QualType();
4310 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004311
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004312 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4313 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4314 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4315 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004316 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004317 return QualType();
4318 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004319
4320 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4321 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4322 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4323 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4324 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004325 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4326 << rex->getSourceRange()
4327 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004328 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004329
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004330 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4331 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4332 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4333 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4334 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4335 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4336 return QualType();
4337 }
4338 } else {
4339 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4340 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4341 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4342 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4343 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4344 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4345 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4346 return QualType();
4347 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004348 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004349
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004350 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4351 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4352 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4353 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4354 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004355 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004356 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004357
4358 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004359 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4360 }
4361 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004362
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004363 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004364}
4365
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004366// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004367QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004368 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004369 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4370 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004371 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004372
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00004373 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
4374 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
4375 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4376
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004377 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4378 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004379 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4380 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4381 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4382 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4383 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004384 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004385 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004386 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004387
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004388 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004389
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004390 // Sanity-check shift operands
4391 llvm::APSInt Right;
4392 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004393 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4394 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004395 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004396 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4397 else {
4398 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4399 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4400 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4401 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4402 }
4403 }
4404
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004405 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004406 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004407}
4408
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004409/// \brief Implements -Wsign-compare.
4410///
4411/// \param lex the left-hand expression
4412/// \param rex the right-hand expression
4413/// \param OpLoc the location of the joining operator
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004414/// \param Equality whether this is an "equality-like" join, which
4415/// suppresses the warning in some cases
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004416void Sema::CheckSignCompare(Expr *lex, Expr *rex, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004417 const PartialDiagnostic &PD, bool Equality) {
John McCalle2c91e62009-11-06 18:16:06 +00004418 // Don't warn if we're in an unevaluated context.
4419 if (ExprEvalContext == Unevaluated)
4420 return;
4421
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004422 QualType lt = lex->getType(), rt = rex->getType();
4423
4424 // Only warn if both operands are integral.
4425 if (!lt->isIntegerType() || !rt->isIntegerType())
4426 return;
4427
Sebastian Redl0b7c85f2009-11-05 21:09:23 +00004428 // If either expression is value-dependent, don't warn. We'll get another
4429 // chance at instantiation time.
4430 if (lex->isValueDependent() || rex->isValueDependent())
4431 return;
4432
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004433 // The rule is that the signed operand becomes unsigned, so isolate the
4434 // signed operand.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004435 Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004436 if (lt->isSignedIntegerType()) {
4437 if (rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4438 signedOperand = lex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004439 unsignedOperand = rex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004440 } else {
4441 if (!rt->isSignedIntegerType()) return;
4442 signedOperand = rex;
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004443 unsignedOperand = lex;
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004444 }
4445
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004446 // If the unsigned type is strictly smaller than the signed type,
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004447 // then (1) the result type will be signed and (2) the unsigned
4448 // value will fit fully within the signed type, and thus the result
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004449 // of the comparison will be exact.
4450 if (Context.getIntWidth(signedOperand->getType()) >
4451 Context.getIntWidth(unsignedOperand->getType()))
4452 return;
4453
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004454 // If the value is a non-negative integer constant, then the
4455 // signed->unsigned conversion won't change it.
4456 llvm::APSInt value;
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004457 if (signedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004458 assert(value.isSigned() && "result of signed expression not signed");
4459
4460 if (value.isNonNegative())
4461 return;
4462 }
4463
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004464 if (Equality) {
4465 // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
John McCalle46fd852009-11-06 08:53:51 +00004466 // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
4467 // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
4468 // change the result of the comparison.
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004469 if (unsignedOperand->isIntegerConstantExpr(value, Context)) {
4470 assert(!value.isSigned() && "result of unsigned expression is signed");
4471
4472 // 2's complement: test the top bit.
4473 if (value.isNonNegative())
4474 return;
4475 }
4476 }
4477
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004478 Diag(OpLoc, PD)
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004479 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4480 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4481}
4482
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004483// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004484QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004485 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4486 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4487
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004488 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004489 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004490
John McCall99ce6bf2009-11-06 08:49:08 +00004491 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison,
4492 (Opc == BinaryOperator::EQ || Opc == BinaryOperator::NE));
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00004493
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004494 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004495 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4496 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4497 else {
4498 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4499 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4500 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004501 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4502 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004503
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004504 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4505 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004506 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4507 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4508 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004509 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004510 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004511 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4512 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4513 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4514 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004515 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4516 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004517 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004518
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004519 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4520 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4521 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4522 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004523
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004524 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4525 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004526 Expr *literalString = 0;
4527 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004528 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004529 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4530 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004531 literalString = lex;
4532 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004533 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4534 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004535 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4536 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004537 literalString = rex;
4538 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4539 }
4540
4541 if (literalString) {
4542 std::string resultComparison;
4543 switch (Opc) {
4544 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4545 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4546 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4547 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4548 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4549 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4550 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4551 }
4552 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4553 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4554 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004555 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4556 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4557 "strcmp(")
4558 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4559 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004560 resultComparison);
4561 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004562 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004563
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004564 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004565 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004566
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004567 if (isRelational) {
4568 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004569 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004570 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004571 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004572 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004573 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004574 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004575 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004576
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004577 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004578 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004579 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004580
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004581 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4582 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4583 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4584 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004585
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004586 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4587 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4588 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004589 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004590 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004591 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004592 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004593 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004594
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004595 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004596 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4597 return ResultTy;
4598
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004599 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4600 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4601 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4602 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4603 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4604 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004605 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004606 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004607 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004608 if (T.isNull()) {
4609 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4610 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4611 return QualType();
4612 }
4613
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004614 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4615 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004616 return ResultTy;
4617 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004618 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4619 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4620 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4621 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4622 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4623 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4624 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4625 }
4626 } else if (!isRelational &&
4627 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4628 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4629 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4630 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4631 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4632 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4633 }
4634 } else {
4635 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004636 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004637 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00004638 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004639 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004640 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004641 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004642 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004643
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004644 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004645 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004646 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004647 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004648 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4649 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004650 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004651 return ResultTy;
4652 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004653 if (LHSIsNull &&
4654 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4655 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004656 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004657 return ResultTy;
4658 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004659
4660 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004661 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004662 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4663 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004664 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4665 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4666 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4667 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4668 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4669 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4670 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4671 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004672 // types.
4673 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4674 if (T.isNull()) {
4675 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4676 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4677 return QualType();
4678 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004679
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004680 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4681 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004682 return ResultTy;
4683 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004684
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004685 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004686 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4687 return ResultTy;
4688 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004689
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004690 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004691 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004692 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4693 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004694
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004695 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004696 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004697 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004698 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004699 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004700 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004701 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004702 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004703 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004704 if (!isRelational
4705 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4706 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004707 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004708 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004709 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004710 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004711 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4712 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4713 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004714 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004715 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004716 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004717 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004718
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004719 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004720 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004721 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4722 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004723 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004724 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004725 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004726 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004727
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004728 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4729 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004730 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004731 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004732 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004733 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004734 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004735 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004736 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004737 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004738 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4739 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004740 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004741 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004742 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004743 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004744 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004745 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4746 if (RHSIsNull) {
4747 if (isRelational)
4748 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4749 } else if (isRelational)
4750 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4751 else
4752 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004753
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004754 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004755 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004756 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004757 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004758 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004759 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004760 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004761 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004762 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4763 if (LHSIsNull) {
4764 if (isRelational)
4765 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4766 } else if (isRelational)
4767 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4768 else
4769 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004770
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004771 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004772 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004773 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004774 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004775 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004776 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00004777 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004778 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004779 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4780 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004781 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004782 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004783 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004784 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4785 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004786 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004787 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004788 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004789 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004790}
4791
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004792/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004793/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004794/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4795/// types.
4796QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004797 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004798 bool isRelational) {
4799 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4800 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004801 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004802 if (vType.isNull())
4803 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004804
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004805 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4806 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004807
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004808 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4809 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4810 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4811 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4812 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4813 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4814 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004815 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004816 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004817
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004818 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4819 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4820 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004821 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004822 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004823
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004824 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4825 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4826 // elements for floating point vectors.
4827 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4828 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004829
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004830 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004831 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004832 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004833 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004834 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004835 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4836
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004837 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004838 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004839 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4840}
4841
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004842inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004843 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004844 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004845 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004846
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004847 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004848
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004849 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004850 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004851 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004852}
4853
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004854inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004855 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004856 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4857 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4858 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004859
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004860 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
4861 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004862
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004863 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004864 }
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004865
4866 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
4867 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
4868 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
4869 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
4870 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
4871 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
4872 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004873
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00004874 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
4875 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
4876 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4877
4878 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
4879 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
4880 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
4881 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4882
4883 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
4884 "passing", /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
4885 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4886
4887 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
4888 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
4889 // The result is a bool.
4890 return Context.BoolTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004891}
4892
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004893/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4894/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4895/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4896///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004897static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004898 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4899 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4900 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4901 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004902 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004903 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4904 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4905 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4906 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004907 }
4908 }
4909 return false;
4910}
4911
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004912/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4913/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4914static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004915 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004916 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004917 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004918 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4919 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004920 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4921 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004922
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004923 unsigned Diag = 0;
4924 bool NeedType = false;
4925 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4926 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4927 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004928 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004929 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4930 NeedType = true;
4931 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004932 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004933 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4934 NeedType = true;
4935 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004936 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004937 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4938 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004939 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004940 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4941 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004942 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4943 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004944 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004945 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4946 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004947 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004948 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4949 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004950 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004951 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4952 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004953 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4954 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4955 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004956 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4957 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4958 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004959 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004960
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004961 SourceRange Assign;
4962 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4963 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004964 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004965 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004966 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004967 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004968 return true;
4969}
4970
4971
4972
4973// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004974QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4975 SourceLocation Loc,
4976 QualType CompoundType) {
4977 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4978 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004979 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004980
4981 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4982 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004983
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004984 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004985 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004986 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004987 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004988 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4989 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4990 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004991 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004992 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004993 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004994 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004995
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004996 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4997 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4998 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004999 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005000 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5001 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5002 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5003 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5004 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005005 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005006 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005007 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5008 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5009 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005010 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5011 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005012 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5013 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5014 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005015 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005016 }
5017 } else {
5018 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005019 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005020 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005021
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005022 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
5023 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005024 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005025
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005026 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5027 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005028 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005029 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5030 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005031 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005032 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005033 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005034}
5035
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005036// C99 6.5.17
5037QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005038 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005039 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005040
5041 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5042 // incomplete in C++).
5043
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005044 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005045}
5046
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005047/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5048/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005049QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5050 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005051 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5052 return Context.DependentTy;
5053
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005054 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5055 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005056
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005057 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5058 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5059 if (!isInc) {
5060 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5061 return QualType();
5062 }
5063 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5064 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5065 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005066 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005067 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5068 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005069
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005070 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005071 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005072 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5073 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5074 << Op->getSourceRange();
5075 return QualType();
5076 }
5077
5078 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005079 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005080 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005081 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5082 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5083 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5084 return QualType();
5085 }
5086
5087 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005088 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005089 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005090 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005091 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005092 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005093 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005094 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5095 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5096 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5097 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5098 return QualType();
5099 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005100 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5101 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5102 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005103 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005104 } else {
5105 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005106 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005107 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005108 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005109 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005110 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005111 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005112 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005113 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005114}
5115
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005116/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005117/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005118/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5119/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5120/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5121/// - &(x) => x
5122/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5123/// - &s.xx => s
5124/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5125/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5126/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5127/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005128static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005129 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005130 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005131 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005132 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005133 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5134 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5135 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005136 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005137 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005138 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005139 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005140 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005141 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5142 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005143 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5144 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5145 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5146 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5147 }
5148 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005149 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005150 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5151 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005152
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005153 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005154 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5155 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5156 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5157 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5158 default:
5159 return 0;
5160 }
5161 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005162 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005163 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005164 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005165 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5166 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005167 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005168 default:
5169 return 0;
5170 }
5171}
5172
5173/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005174/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005175/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005176/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005177/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005178/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005179/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005180QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005181 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5182 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5183
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005184 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5185 return Context.DependentTy;
5186
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005187 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5188 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5189 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5190 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5191 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5192 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5193 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5194 }
5195 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5196 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5197 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005198 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005199 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005200
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005201 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5202 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005203 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005204 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005205 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005206 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5207 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005208 return QualType();
5209 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005210 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005211 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5212 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5213 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005214 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005215 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5216 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005217 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005218 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005219 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005220 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005221 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5222 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5223 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5224 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5225 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005226 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5227 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005228 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5229 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005230 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
5231 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005232 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005233 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005234 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5235 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005236 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005237 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5238 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005239 return QualType();
5240 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005241 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005242 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005243 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005244 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005245 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5246 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005247 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005248 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005249 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5250 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005251 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005252 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5253 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5254 return QualType();
5255 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005256
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005257 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5258 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005259 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005260 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005261 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005262 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005263 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005264 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
5265 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005266 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5267 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5268 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005269 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005270 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005271
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005272 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5273 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5274 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5275 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5276 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5277 }
5278
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005279 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005280 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005281}
5282
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005283QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005284 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5285 return Context.DependentTy;
5286
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005287 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5288 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005289
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005290 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5291 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5292 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5293 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005294 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005295 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005296
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005297 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005298 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005299
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005300 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005301 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005302 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005303}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005304
5305static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5306 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5307 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5308 switch (Kind) {
5309 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005310 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5311 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005312 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5313 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5314 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5315 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5316 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5317 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5318 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5319 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5320 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5321 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5322 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5323 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5324 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5325 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5326 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5327 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5328 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5329 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5330 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5331 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5332 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5333 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5334 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5335 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5336 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5337 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5338 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5339 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5340 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5341 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5342 }
5343 return Opc;
5344}
5345
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005346static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5347 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5348 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5349 switch (Kind) {
5350 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5351 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5352 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5353 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5354 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5355 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5356 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5357 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5358 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005359 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5360 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005361 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005362 }
5363 return Opc;
5364}
5365
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005366/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5367/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5368/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005369Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5370 unsigned Op,
5371 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005372 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005373 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005374 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5375 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5376 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005377
5378 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005379 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5380 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5381 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005382 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5383 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5384 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5385 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5386 break;
5387 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005388 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5389 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5390 break;
5391 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5392 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5393 break;
5394 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5395 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5396 break;
5397 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5398 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5399 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005400 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005401 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5402 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5403 break;
5404 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5405 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5406 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5407 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005408 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005409 break;
5410 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5411 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005412 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005413 break;
5414 case BinaryOperator::And:
5415 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5416 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5417 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5418 break;
5419 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5420 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5421 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5422 break;
5423 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5424 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005425 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5426 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5427 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5428 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005429 break;
5430 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005431 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5432 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5433 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5434 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005435 break;
5436 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005437 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5438 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5439 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005440 break;
5441 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005442 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5443 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5444 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005445 break;
5446 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5447 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005448 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5449 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5450 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5451 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005452 break;
5453 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5454 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5455 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005456 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5457 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5458 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5459 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005460 break;
5461 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5462 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5463 break;
5464 }
5465 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005466 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005467 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005468 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5469 else
5470 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005471 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5472 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005473}
5474
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005475/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
5476/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005477static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
5478 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
5479 SourceRange ParenRange)
5480{
5481 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
5482 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
5483 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
5484 // warning/error and return.
5485 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
5486 return;
5487 }
5488
5489 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
5490 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
5491 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
5492}
5493
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005494/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
5495/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
5496/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
5497/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005498static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5499 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005500 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
5501 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
5502 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
5503 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005504 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005505 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005506 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
5507
5508 // Subs are not binary operators.
5509 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
5510 return;
5511
5512 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
5513 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005514 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
5515 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005516 return;
5517
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005518 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005519 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5520 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005521 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
5522 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
5523 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
5524 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00005525 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
5526 PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005527 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
5528 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
5529 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005530}
5531
5532/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
5533/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
5534/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
5535static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5536 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00005537 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005538 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
5539}
5540
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005541// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005542Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5543 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5544 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005545 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005546 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005547
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005548 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5549 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005550
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00005551 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
5552 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
5553
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005554 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
5555}
5556
5557Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5558 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5559 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005560 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005561 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005562 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5563 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5564 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5565 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5566 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005567 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005568 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5569 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005570 if (S)
5571 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5572 Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005573 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005574 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005575 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005576 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005577 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005578
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005579 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5580 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005581 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005582 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005583
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005584 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005585 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005586}
5587
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005588Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005589 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005590 ExprArg InputArg) {
5591 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005592
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005593 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005594 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005595 QualType resultType;
5596 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005597 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5598 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5599 break;
5600
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005601 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5602 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005603 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5604 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005605 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005606 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5607 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005608 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005609 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005610 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005611 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005612 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005613 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005614 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005615 break;
5616 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5617 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005618 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5619 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005620 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5621 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005622 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5623 break;
5624 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5625 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5626 break;
5627 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5628 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5629 resultType->isPointerType())
5630 break;
5631
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005632 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5633 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005634 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005635 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5636 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005637 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5638 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005639 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5640 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5641 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005642 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005643 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005644 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005645 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5646 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005647 break;
5648 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00005649 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005650 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5651 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005652 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5653 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005654 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005655 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5656 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00005657 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005658 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5659 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005660 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005661 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005662 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005663 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005664 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005665 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005666 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005667 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005668 }
5669 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005670 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005671
5672 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005673 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005674}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005675
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005676Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5677 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
5678 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005679 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00005680 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
5681 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005682 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5683 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5684 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5685 // the arguments.
5686 FunctionSet Functions;
5687 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5688 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005689 if (S)
5690 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5691 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005692 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005693 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00005694 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, &Input, 1, Functions);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005695 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005696
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005697 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5698 }
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005699
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005700 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5701}
5702
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005703// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5704Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5705 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5706 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
5707}
5708
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005709/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005710Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5711 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5712 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005713 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005714 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005715
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005716 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5717 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005718 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005719 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005720
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005721 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005722 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5723 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005724}
5725
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005726Sema::OwningExprResult
5727Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5728 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5729 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005730 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5731 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5732
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005733 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005734 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005735 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005736
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005737 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5738 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5739 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005740
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005741 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5742 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5743 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005744
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005745 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5746 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5747 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5748 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5749 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005750
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005751 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005752 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005753 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005754
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005755 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5756 // expressions are not lvalues.
5757
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005758 substmt.release();
5759 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005760}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005761
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005762Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5763 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5764 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5765 TypeTy *argty,
5766 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5767 unsigned NumComponents,
5768 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5769 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5770 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005771 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5772 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005773 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005774
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005775 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5776
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005777 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5778 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5779 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005780 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005781 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005782
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005783 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5784 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005785
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005786 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5787 // the offsetof designators.
5788 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5789 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005790 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005791 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005792
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005793 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5794 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005795 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5796 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005797 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005798 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5799 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005800
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005801 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005802 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005803
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00005804 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
5805 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
5806 return ExprError();
5807
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005808 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5809 // leaks like a sieve.
5810 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5811 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5812 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5813 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5814 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5815 if (!AT) {
5816 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005817 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5818 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005819 }
5820
5821 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5822
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005823 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5824 // expression.
5825 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5826
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005827 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5828 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005829 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005830 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005831 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005832 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005833 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005834
5835 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5836 OC.LocEnd);
5837 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005838 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005839
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005840 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005841 if (!RC) {
5842 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005843 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5844 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005845 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005846
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005847 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5848 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005849 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005850 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005851 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5852 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5853 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005854 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5855 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005856 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005857
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00005858 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
5859 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005860
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005861 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005862 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005863 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005864 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005865 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5866 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005867
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005868 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5869 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005870 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005871 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00005872 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005873 } else {
5874 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5875 // doesn't matter here.
5876 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5877 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5878 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005879 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005880 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005881
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005882 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5883 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005884}
5885
5886
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005887Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5888 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5889 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005890 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5891 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5892 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005893
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005894 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005895
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005896 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5897 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5898 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5899 return ExprError();
5900 }
5901
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005902 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5903 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005904}
5905
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005906Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5907 ExprArg cond,
5908 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5909 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5910 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5911 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5912 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005913
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005914 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5915
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005916 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005917 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005918 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005919 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005920 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005921 } else {
5922 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5923 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5924 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5925 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005926 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5927 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5928 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005929
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005930 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5931 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005932 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5933 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005934 }
5935
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005936 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5937 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005938 resType, RPLoc,
5939 resType->isDependentType(),
5940 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005941}
5942
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005943//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5944// Clang Extensions.
5945//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5946
5947/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005948void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005949 // Analyze block parameters.
5950 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005951
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005952 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5953 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5954 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005955
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005956 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005957 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005958 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005959 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005960 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5961 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005962
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005963 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005964 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005965}
5966
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005967void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005968 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005969
5970 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5971 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005972 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005973 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5974
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005975 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5976 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5977 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5978 return;
5979 }
5980
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005981 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5982 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5983 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5984
5985 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5986 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005987 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005988 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005989 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005990 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005991 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5992 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005993 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005994
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005995 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5996 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5997 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5998 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5999 return;
6000 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006001 return;
6002 }
6003
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006004 // Analyze arguments to block.
6005 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6006 "Not a function declarator!");
6007 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006008
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006009 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6010 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006011
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006012 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6013 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6014 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6015 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006016 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6017 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006018 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006019 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006020 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
6021 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006022 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006023 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006024 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006025 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006026 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006027 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006028 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006029 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
6030 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
6031 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6032 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
6033 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006034
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006035 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006036 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006037 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006038 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006039 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006040 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6041 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006042
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006043 // Analyze the return type.
6044 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006045 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006046
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006047 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6048 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6049 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6050 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6051 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006052 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006053}
6054
6055/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6056/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6057void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
6058 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6059 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006060
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006061 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
6062
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006063 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006064 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006065 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006066 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006067}
6068
6069/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6070/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006071Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6072 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006073 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6074 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6075 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006076
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006077 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
6078 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006079
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006080 PopDeclContext();
6081
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006082 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
6083 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006084
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006085 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006086 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6087 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006088
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006089 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6090 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6091 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006092
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006093 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006094 QualType BlockTy;
6095 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006096 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6097 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006098 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006099 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006100 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6101 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006102
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006103 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006104 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006105 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006106
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006107 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
6108 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
6109 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
6110 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006111
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006112 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006113 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006114 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6115 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006116}
6117
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006118Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6119 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6120 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006121 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006122 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6123 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006124
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006125 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006126
6127 // Get the va_list type
6128 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006129 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6130 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6131 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6132 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006133 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006134 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6135 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6136 } else {
6137 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6138 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006139 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006140 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006141 return ExprError();
6142 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006143
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006144 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6145 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006146 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6147 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006148 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006149 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006150
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006151 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006152 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006153
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006154 expr.release();
6155 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6156 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006157}
6158
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006159Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006160 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6161 // pointers on the target.
6162 QualType Ty;
6163 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6164 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6165 else
6166 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6167
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006168 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006169}
6170
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006171static void
6172MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(Sema& SemaRef,
6173 QualType DstType,
6174 Expr *SrcExpr,
6175 CodeModificationHint &Hint) {
6176 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
6177 return;
6178
6179 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6180 if (!PT)
6181 return;
6182
6183 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
6184 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
6185 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
6186 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
6187 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
6188 return;
6189 }
6190
6191 // Strip off any parens and casts.
6192 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
6193 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
6194 return;
6195
6196 Hint = CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
6197}
6198
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006199bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6200 SourceLocation Loc,
6201 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6202 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6203 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6204 bool isInvalid = false;
6205 unsigned DiagKind;
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006206 CodeModificationHint Hint;
6207
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006208 switch (ConvTy) {
6209 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6210 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006211 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006212 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6213 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006214 case IntToPointer:
6215 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6216 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006217 case IncompatiblePointer:
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006218 MakeObjCStringLiteralCodeModificationHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006219 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6220 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006221 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6222 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6223 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006224 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6225 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6226 break;
6227 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006228 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6229 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6230 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6231 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6232 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6233 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6234 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6235 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6236 // C++ semantics.
6237 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6238 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6239 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006240 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6241 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00006242 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00006243 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00006244 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006245 case IntToBlockPointer:
6246 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6247 break;
6248 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006249 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006250 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006251 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006252 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006253 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6254 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6255 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006256 case IncompatibleVectors:
6257 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6258 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006259 case Incompatible:
6260 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6261 isInvalid = true;
6262 break;
6263 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006264
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006265 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00006266 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006267 return isInvalid;
6268}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006269
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006270bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006271 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6272 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6273 if (Result)
6274 *Result = ICEResult;
6275 return false;
6276 }
6277
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006278 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6279
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006280 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006281 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6282 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6283
6284 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6285 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6286 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6287 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6288 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6289 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6290 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006291
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006292 return true;
6293 }
6294
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006295 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6296 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006297
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006298 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6299 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6300 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006301
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006302 if (Result)
6303 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6304 return false;
6305}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006306
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006307Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6308Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006309 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6310 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6311 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006312
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006313 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6314 return NewContext;
6315}
6316
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006317void
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006318Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6319 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6320 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6321
6322 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6323 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6324 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6325 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6326 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6327 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6328 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006329
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006330 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6331 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6332 I != IEnd; ++I)
6333 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6334 }
6335}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006336
6337/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6338///
6339/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6340/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6341/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6342/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6343///
6344/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6345///
6346/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6347void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6348 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006349
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006350 if (D->isUsed())
6351 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006352
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006353 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6354 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6355 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6356 // -Wunused-parameters)
6357 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6358 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006359 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006360
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006361 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6362 // an instantiation.
6363 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6364 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006365
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006366 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6367 case Unevaluated:
6368 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6369 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006370
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006371 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6372 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6373 // "used"; handle this below.
6374 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006375
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006376 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6377 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6378 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6379 // potentially evaluated.
6380 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6381 return;
6382 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006383
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006384 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006385 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006386 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006387 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6388 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6389 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006390 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006391 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006392 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6393 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6394 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006395 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6396 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6397 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006398
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006399 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6400 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6401 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6402 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6403 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6404 }
6405 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006406 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006407 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006408 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006409 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006410 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6411 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6412 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6413 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6414 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006415 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6416 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006417 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6418 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6419 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6420 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6421 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00006422 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6423 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006424 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6425 }
6426
6427 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6428 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6429 }
6430
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006431 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006432 Function->setUsed(true);
6433 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006434 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006435
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006436 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006437 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006438 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006439 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6440 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6441 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6442 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6443 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6444 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6445 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6446 }
6447 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006448
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006449 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006450
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006451 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006452 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006453 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006454}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006455
6456bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6457 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6458 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6459 return false;
6460
6461 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6462 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6463 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6464 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6465
6466 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6467 FD ?
6468 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6469 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6470 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6471 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6472 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6473 return true;
6474
6475 return false;
6476}
6477
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006478// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6479// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6480void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6481 SourceLocation Loc;
6482
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006483 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
6484
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006485 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6486 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6487 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6488 return;
6489
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006490 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
6491 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
6492 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
6493 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
6494
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00006495 // self = [<foo> init...]
6496 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
6497 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
6498 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6499
6500 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
6501 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
6502 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
6503 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
6504 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006505
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006506 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6507 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6508 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6509 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6510 return;
6511
6512 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6513 } else {
6514 // Not an assignment.
6515 return;
6516 }
6517
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006518 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006519 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006520
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00006521 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006522 << E->getSourceRange()
6523 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6524 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6525}
6526
6527bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6528 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6529
6530 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6531 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6532
6533 QualType T = E->getType();
6534
6535 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6536 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6537 return true;
6538 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6539 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6540 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6541 return true;
6542 }
6543 }
6544
6545 return false;
6546}